blob: 1540f0a009226268fab13c80a0dba6528bd778d5 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
61 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
62 MD->isInstanceMethod());
63 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
64 }
65 }
66 }
67
68 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000069 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
70 }
71
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000072 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000073 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
75 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
76 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
77 return true;
78 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000079 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000080
81 // See if the decl is unavailable
82 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000083 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000084 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
85 }
86
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000087 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000088}
89
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +000090SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
91 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
92 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
93}
94
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000095//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
96// Standard Promotions and Conversions
97//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
98
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000099/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
100void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
101 QualType Ty = E->getType();
102 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
103
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000104 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
105 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000106 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
107 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
108 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
109 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
110 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
111 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
112 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000113 //
114 // C++ 4.2p1:
115 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
116 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
117 //
118 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
119 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000120 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
121 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000122}
123
124/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
125/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
126/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
127/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
128/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
129Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
130 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
131 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
132
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000133 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) // C99 6.3.1.1p2
134 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
135 else
136 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
137
138 return Expr;
139}
140
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000141/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
142/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
143/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
144void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
145 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
146 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
147
148 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
149 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
150 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
151 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
152
153 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
154}
155
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000156// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
157// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000158void Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000159 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
160
161 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType()) {
162 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
163 diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) <<
164 Expr->getType() << CT;
165 }
166}
167
168
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000169/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
170/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
171/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
172/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
173/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
174/// GCC.
175QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
176 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000177 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000178 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000179
180 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000181
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000182 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
183 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000184 QualType lhs =
185 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
186 QualType rhs =
187 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000188
189 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
190 if (lhs == rhs)
191 return lhs;
192
193 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
194 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
195 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
196 return lhs;
197
198 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000199 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000200 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000201 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000202 return destType;
203}
204
205QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
206 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
207 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
208 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
209 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
210 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000211 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
212 lhs = Context.IntTy;
213 else
214 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
215 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
216 rhs = Context.IntTy;
217 else
218 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000219
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000220 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
221 if (lhs == rhs)
222 return lhs;
223
224 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
225 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
226 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
227 return lhs;
228
229 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
230
231 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
232 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
233 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
234 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
235 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000236 return lhs;
237 }
238 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
239 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000240 return rhs;
241 }
242 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
243 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
244 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
245 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
246 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
247 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
248 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
249 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
250 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
251 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
252 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
253
254 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
255 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000256 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
257 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000258 }
259 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
260 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
261 // does not require this promotion.
262 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
263 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000264 return rhs;
265 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000266 return lhs;
267 }
268 }
269 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
270 }
271 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
272 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
273 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000274 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000275 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276 return lhs;
277 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000278 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
279 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
280 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
281 }
282 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000283 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000284 return rhs;
285 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000286 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
287 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
288 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
289 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000290 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
291 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
292 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000293 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000294 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000295 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
296 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000297 }
298 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
299 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
300 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
301 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
302
303 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
304 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000305 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
306 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000307 return rhs;
308 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
309 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000310 return lhs;
311 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
312 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000313 return rhs;
314 }
315 }
316 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
317 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
318 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
319 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
320 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
321 QualType destType;
322 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
323 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
324 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
325 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
326 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
327 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
328 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
329 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
330 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
331 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
332 // use the signed type.
333 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
334 } else {
335 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
336 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
337 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
338 // to the signed type.
339 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
340 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000341 return destType;
342}
343
344//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
345// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
346//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
347
348
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000349/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000350/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
351/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
352/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
353/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000354///
355Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000356Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000357 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
358
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000359 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000360 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000361 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000362
363 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
364 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
365 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000366
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000367 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000368 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000369 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000370
371 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
372 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
373 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000374
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000375 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
376 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
377 // strings.
378 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000379 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000380 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000381
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000382 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000383 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
384 Literal.GetStringLength(),
385 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
386 &StringTokLocs[0],
387 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000388}
389
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000390/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
391/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
392/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
393/// for values inside the block or for globals).
394///
395/// FIXME: This will create BlockDeclRefExprs for global variables,
396/// function references, etc which is suboptimal :) and breaks
397/// things like "integer constant expression" tests.
398static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
399 ValueDecl *VD) {
400 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
401 // we wanted to.
402 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
403 return false;
404
405 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
406 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
407 return false;
408
409 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
410 // snapshot it.
411 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
412 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
413 return Var->hasLocalStorage();
414
415 return true;
416}
417
418
419
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000420/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000421/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000422/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000423/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000424/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000425Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
426 IdentifierInfo &II,
427 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000428 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
429 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
430 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000431 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000432}
433
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000434/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
435/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
436/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000437DeclRefExpr *
438Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
439 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
440 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000441 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000442 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
443 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000444 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000445 } else
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000446 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000447}
448
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000449/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
450/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
451/// is Record.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000452static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000453 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
454 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
455
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000456 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000457 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
458 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
459 // this even better.
460 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
461 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
462 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
463 D != DEnd; ++D) {
464 if (*D == Record) {
465 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
466 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
467 ++D;
468 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000469 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000470 return *D;
471 }
472 }
473
474 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
475 return 0;
476}
477
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000478Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000479Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
480 FieldDecl *Field,
481 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
482 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
483 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
484 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
485 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
486
487 // Construct the sequence of field member references
488 // we'll have to perform to get to the field in the anonymous
489 // union/struct. The list of members is built from the field
490 // outward, so traverse it backwards to go from an object in
491 // the current context to the field we found.
492 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
493 AnonFields.push_back(Field);
494 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
495 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
496 do {
497 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000498 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000499 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
500 AnonFields.push_back(AnonField);
501 else {
502 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
503 break;
504 }
505 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
506 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
507 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
508
509 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
510 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
511 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
512 // found via name lookup.
513 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
514 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
515 if (BaseObject) {
516 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
517 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000518 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000519 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000520 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000521 ExtraQuals
522 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
523 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
524 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
525 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
526 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
527 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
528 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
529 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
530 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
531 }
532 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
533 } else {
534 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
535 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
536 // program our base object expression is "this".
537 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
538 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
539 QualType AnonFieldType
540 = Context.getTagDeclType(
541 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
542 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
543 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
544 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
545 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
546 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000547 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000548 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000549 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
550 }
551 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000552 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
553 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000554 }
555 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
556 }
557
558 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000559 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
560 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000561 }
562
563 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
564 // anonymous struct/union.
565 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
566 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
567 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
568 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
569 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
570 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
571 unsigned combinedQualifiers
572 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
573 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
574 }
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000575 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
576 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000577 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
578 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000579 }
580
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000581 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000582}
583
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000584/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
585/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
586/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
587/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
588/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
589/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
590/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
591/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
592/// forms.
593///
594/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
595/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
596/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
597/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000598///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000599/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
600/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
601/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
602/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000603Sema::OwningExprResult
604Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
605 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000606 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000607 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000608 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000609 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
610 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000611
612 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
613 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
614 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
615 // names a dependent type.
616 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000617 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
618 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000619 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000620 }
621
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000622 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
623 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000624
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000625 NamedDecl *D = 0;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000626 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
627 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
628 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
629 : SourceRange());
630 return ExprError();
631 } else
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000632 D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000633
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000634 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
635 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000636 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
637 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000638 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
639 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000640 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
641 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
642 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000643 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000644 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000645 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
646 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000647 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000648 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
649 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000650 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
651 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
652 // an error.
653 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
654 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
655 << IV->getDeclName());
656 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
657 // same name exists, use the global.
658 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000659 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
660 ClassDeclared != IFace)
661 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000662 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
663 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
664 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
665 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
666 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef = new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
667 Loc, static_cast<Expr*>(SelfExpr.release()),
668 true, true);
669 Context.setFieldDecl(IFace, IV, MRef);
670 return Owned(MRef);
671 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000672 }
673 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000674 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
675 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
676 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000677 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
678 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
679 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
680 IFace == ClassDeclared)
681 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden)<<IV->getDeclName();
682 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000683 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000684 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000685 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000686 QualType T;
687
688 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
689 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
690 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
691 else
692 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000693 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000694 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000695 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000696
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000697 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
698 // argument-dependent lookup.
699 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
700 HasTrailingLParen;
701
702 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000703 // We've seen something of the form
704 //
705 // identifier(
706 //
707 // and we did not find any entity by the name
708 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
709 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
710 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
711 Context.OverloadTy,
712 Loc));
713 }
714
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000715 if (D == 0) {
716 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
717 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000718 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000719 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000720 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000721 else {
722 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
723 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000724 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000725 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
726 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000727 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
728 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000729 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
730 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000731 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000732 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000733 }
734 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000735
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000736 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
737 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
738 // not any specific instance's member.
739 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000740 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000741 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000742 QualType DType;
743 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
744 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
745 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
746 DType = Method->getType();
747 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
748 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
749 }
750 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
751 if (!DType.isNull()) {
752 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
753 // dependent.
754 bool Dependent = false;
755 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
756 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
757 if (DC->isRecord()) {
758 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
759 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
760 Dependent = true;
761 break;
762 }
763 }
764 }
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000765 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000766 }
767 }
768 }
769
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000770 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
771 // (C++ [class.union]).
772 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
773 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
774 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000775
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000776 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
777 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
778 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
779 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
780 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
781 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
782 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
783 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
784 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
785 QualType MemberType;
786 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
787 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
788 MemberType = FD->getType();
789
790 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
791 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
792 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
793 unsigned combinedQualifiers
794 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
795 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
796 }
797 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
798 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
799 Ctx = Method->getParent();
800 MemberType = Method->getType();
801 }
802 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
803 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
804 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
805 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
806 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
807 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
808 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
809 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
810 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
811 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
812 break;
813 }
814 }
815 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000816
817 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000818 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
819 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
820 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
821 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
822 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
823 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000824 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000825 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000826 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000827 SourceLocation(), MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000828 }
829 }
830 }
831 }
832
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000833 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000834 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
835 if (MD->isStatic())
836 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000837 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
838 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000839 }
840
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000841 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
842 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
843 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000844 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
845 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000846 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000847
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000848 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000849 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000850 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000851 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000852 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000853 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000854
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000855 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000856 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000857 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
858 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000859 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
860 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
861 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000862 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000863
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000864 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
865 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
866 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
867 // that overload resolution actually selects.
868 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
869 return ExprError();
870
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000871 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000872 // Warn about constructs like:
873 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
874 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000875 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
876 Scope *CheckS = S;
877 while (CheckS) {
878 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000879 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000880 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000881 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
882 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000883 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000884 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
885 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000886 break;
887 }
888
889 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
890 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
891 if (CheckS)
892 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
893 }
894 }
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000895 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
896 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
897 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
898 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
899 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
900 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
901 // type.
902 QualType T = Func->getType();
903 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000904 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
905 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000906 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
907 }
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000908 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000909
910 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
911 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000912 return ExprError();
913
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000914 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
915 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
916 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
917 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000918 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000919 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
920 // as they do not get snapshotted.
921 //
922 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +0000923 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
924 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
925
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000926 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000927 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
928 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000929 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000930
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000931 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000932 ExprTy.addConst();
933 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000934 }
935 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
936 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000937
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000938 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000939 bool ValueDependent = false;
940 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
941 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
942 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
943 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
944 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
945 TypeDependent = true;
946 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
947 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
948 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
949 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
950 TypeDependent = true;
951 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
952 // names a dependent type.
953 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000954 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000955 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
956 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000957 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000958 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
959 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
960 TypeDependent = true;
961 break;
962 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000963 }
964 }
965 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000966
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000967 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
968 //
969 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
970 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
971 if (TypeDependent)
972 ValueDependent = true;
973 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
974 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
975 ValueDependent = true;
976 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
977 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
978 // (FIXME!).
979 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000980
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000981 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
982 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000983}
984
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000985Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
986 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000987 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000988
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000989 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000990 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000991 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
992 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
993 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000994 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000995
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +0000996 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
997 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +0000998 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +0000999 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1000 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001001 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1002 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1003 else {
1004 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1005 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1006 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1007 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001008
1009
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001010 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001011 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001012 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001013 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001014}
1015
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001016Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001017 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1018 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1019 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1020 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001021
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001022 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1023 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1024 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001025 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001026
1027 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1028
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001029 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1030 Literal.isWide(),
1031 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001032}
1033
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001034Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1035 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001036 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1037 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001038 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001039 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001040 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001041 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001042 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001043
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001044 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001045 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1046 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001047 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001048
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001049 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1050 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001051
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001052 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1053 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1054 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001055 return ExprError();
1056
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001057 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001058
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001059 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001060 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001061 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001062 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001063 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001064 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001065 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001066 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001067
1068 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1069
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001070 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1071 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001072 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1073 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001074
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001075 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001076 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001077 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001078 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001079
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001080 // long long is a C99 feature.
1081 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001082 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001083 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1084
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001085 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001086 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001087
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001088 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1089 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1090 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001091 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1092 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001093 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001094 } else {
1095 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1096 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001097
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001098 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1099 // be an unsigned int.
1100 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1101
1102 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001103 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001104 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1105 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001106 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001107
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001108 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1109 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1110 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1111 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001112 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001113 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001114 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001115 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001116 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001117 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001118
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001119 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001120 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001121 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001122
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001123 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1124 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1125 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1126 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001127 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001128 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001129 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001130 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001131 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001132 }
1133
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001134 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001135 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001136 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001137
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001138 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1139 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1140 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1141 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001142 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001143 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001144 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001145 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001146 }
1147 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001148
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001149 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1150 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001151 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001152 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001153 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001154 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001155 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001156
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001157 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1158 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001159 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001160 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001161 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001162
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001163 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1164 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001165 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1166 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001167
1168 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001169}
1170
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001171Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1172 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
1173 Expr *E = (Expr *)Val.release();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001174 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001175 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001176}
1177
1178/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1179/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001180bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001181 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1182 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1183 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001184 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1185 return false;
1186
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001187 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001188 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001189 // alignof(function) is allowed.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001190 if (isSizeof)
1191 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1192 return false;
1193 }
1194
1195 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001196 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1197 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001198 return false;
1199 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001200
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001201 return RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001202 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1203 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1204 ExprRange);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001205}
1206
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001207bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1208 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1209 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001210
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001211 // alignof decl is always ok.
1212 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1213 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001214
1215 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1216 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1217 return false;
1218
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001219 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
1220 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
1221 if (FD->isBitField()) {
Chris Lattner364a42d2009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001222 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001223 return true;
1224 }
1225 // Other fields are ok.
1226 return false;
1227 }
1228 }
1229 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1230}
1231
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001232/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1233Action::OwningExprResult
1234Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1235 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1236 if (T.isNull())
1237 return ExprError();
1238
1239 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1240 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1241 return ExprError();
1242
1243 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1244 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1245 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1246 R.getEnd()));
1247}
1248
1249/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1250/// operand.
1251Action::OwningExprResult
1252Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1253 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1254 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1255 bool isInvalid = false;
1256 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1257 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1258 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1259 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
1260 } else if (E->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
1261 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1262 isInvalid = true;
1263 } else {
1264 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1265 }
1266
1267 if (isInvalid)
1268 return ExprError();
1269
1270 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1271 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1272 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1273 R.getEnd()));
1274}
1275
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001276/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1277/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1278/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001279Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001280Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1281 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001282 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001283 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001284
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001285 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001286 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1287 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1288 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001289
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001290 // Get the end location.
1291 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1292 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1293 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1294
1295 if (Result.isInvalid())
1296 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1297
1298 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001299}
1300
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001301QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001302 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1303 return Context.DependentTy;
1304
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001305 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(V);
1306
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001307 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001308 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1309 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001310
1311 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1312 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1313 return V->getType();
1314
1315 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001316 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1317 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001318 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001319}
1320
1321
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001322
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001323Action::OwningExprResult
1324Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1325 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1326 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001327
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001328 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1329 switch (Kind) {
1330 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1331 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1332 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1333 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001334
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001335 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1336 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1337 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001338 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001339 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1340
1341 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1342 //
1343 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1344 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1345 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1346 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1347 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1348 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1349 // argument will have value zero.
1350 Expr *Args[2] = {
1351 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001352 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1353 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001354 };
1355
1356 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1357 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001358 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001359
1360 // Perform overload resolution.
1361 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1362 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1363 case OR_Success: {
1364 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1365 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1366
1367 if (FnDecl) {
1368 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1369 // operator.
1370
1371 // Convert the arguments.
1372 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1373 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001374 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001375 } else {
1376 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001377 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001378 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1379 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001380 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001381 }
1382
1383 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001384 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001385 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1386 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001387
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001388 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001389 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001390 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001391 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1392
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001393 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001394 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1395 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1396 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001397 } else {
1398 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1399 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1400 // operator node.
1401 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1402 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001403 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001404
1405 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001406 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001407 }
1408
1409 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1410 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1411 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1412 break;
1413
1414 case OR_Ambiguous:
1415 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1416 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1417 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1418 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001419 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001420
1421 case OR_Deleted:
1422 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1423 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1424 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1425 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1426 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1427 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001428 }
1429
1430 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1431 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1432 // build a built-in operation.
1433 }
1434
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001435 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1436 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001437 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001438 return ExprError();
1439 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001440 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001441}
1442
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001443Action::OwningExprResult
1444Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1445 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1446 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1447 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001448
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001449 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001450 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001451 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1452 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1453 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001454 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1455 // to the candidate set.
1456 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1457 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001458 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1459 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001460
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001461 // Perform overload resolution.
1462 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1463 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1464 case OR_Success: {
1465 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1466 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1467
1468 if (FnDecl) {
1469 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1470 // operator.
1471
1472 // Convert the arguments.
1473 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1474 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1475 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1476 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1477 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001478 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001479 } else {
1480 // Convert the arguments.
1481 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1482 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1483 "passing") ||
1484 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1485 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1486 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001487 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001488 }
1489
1490 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001491 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001492 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1493 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001494
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001495 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001496 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1497 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001498 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1499
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001500 Base.release();
1501 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001502 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1503 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001504 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001505 } else {
1506 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1507 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1508 // operator node.
1509 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1510 "passing") ||
1511 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1512 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001513 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001514
1515 break;
1516 }
1517 }
1518
1519 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1520 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1521 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1522 break;
1523
1524 case OR_Ambiguous:
1525 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1526 << "[]"
1527 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1528 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001529 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001530
1531 case OR_Deleted:
1532 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1533 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1534 << "[]"
1535 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1536 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1537 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001538 }
1539
1540 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1541 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1542 // build a built-in operation.
1543 }
1544
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001545 // Perform default conversions.
1546 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1547 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001548
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001549 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1550
1551 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001552 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001553 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001554 // and index from the expression types.
1555 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1556 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001557 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1558 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1559 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1560 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1561 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001562 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1563 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1564 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1565 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001566 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001567 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1568 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1569 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1570 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1571 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001572 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1573 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001574 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001575
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001576 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1577 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
1578 } else {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001579 return ExprError(Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(),
1580 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
1581 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001582 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001583 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001584 return ExprError(Diag(IndexExpr->getLocStart(),
1585 diag::err_typecheck_subscript) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001586
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001587 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1588 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1589 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1590 // incomplete types are not object types.
1591 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1592 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1593 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1594 return ExprError();
1595 }
1596 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
1597 RequireCompleteType(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), ResultType,
1598 diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
1599 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1600 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001601
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001602 Base.release();
1603 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001604 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001605 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001606}
1607
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001608QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001609CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001610 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001611 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001612
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001613 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1614 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001615
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001616 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001617 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1618 // to be selected.
1619 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001620
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001621 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1622 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1623 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001624
1625 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1626 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001627 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001628 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1629 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001630 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001631 do
1632 compStr++;
1633 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001634 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001635 do
1636 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001637 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001638 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001639
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001640 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001641 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1642 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001643 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1644 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001645 return QualType();
1646 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001647
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001648 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1649 // operates on.
1650 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1651 compStr = CompName.getName();
1652
1653 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001654 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001655
1656 while (*compStr) {
1657 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1658 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1659 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1660 return QualType();
1661 }
1662 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001663 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001664
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001665 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1666 // number of elements.
1667 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001668 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001669 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001670 return QualType();
1671 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001672
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001673 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001674 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001675 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001676 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001677 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001678 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1679 : CompName.getLength();
1680 if (HexSwizzle)
1681 CompSize--;
1682
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001683 if (CompSize == 1)
1684 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001685
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001686 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001687 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001688 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1689 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1690 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1691 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001692 }
1693 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001694}
1695
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001696static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1697 IdentifierInfo &Member,
1698 const Selector &Sel) {
1699
1700 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
1701 return PD;
1702 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
1703 return OMD;
1704
1705 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1706 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1707 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel))
1708 return D;
1709 }
1710 return 0;
1711}
1712
1713static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy,
1714 IdentifierInfo &Member,
1715 const Selector &Sel) {
1716 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1717 Decl *GDecl = 0;
1718 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1719 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1720 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
1721 GDecl = PD;
1722 break;
1723 }
1724 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1725 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
1726 GDecl = OMD;
1727 break;
1728 }
1729 }
1730 if (!GDecl) {
1731 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1732 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1733 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
1734 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel);
1735 if (GDecl)
1736 return GDecl;
1737 }
1738 }
1739 return GDecl;
1740}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001741
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001742Action::OwningExprResult
1743Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1744 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001745 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001746 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001747 Expr *BaseExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Base.release());
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001748 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001749
1750 // Perform default conversions.
1751 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001752
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001753 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1754 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001755
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001756 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1757 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001758 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001759 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001760 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00001761 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001762 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
1763 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001764 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001765 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1766 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1767 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001768 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001769
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001770 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1771 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001772 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001773 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001774 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001775 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
1776 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1777 return ExprError();
1778
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001779 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001780 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
1781 // than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001782 LookupResult Result
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001783 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001784 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001785
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001786 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001787 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
1788 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001789 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001790 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
1791 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1792 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001793 }
1794
1795 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001796
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001797 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1798 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1799 // error cases.
1800 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
1801 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001802
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001803 // Check the use of this field
1804 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
1805 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001806
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001807 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001808 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1809 // (C++ [class.union]).
1810 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001811 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001812 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001813
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001814 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
1815 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001816 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001817 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1818 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1819 else {
1820 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
1821 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001822 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001823 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
1824 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1825 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001826
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001827 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
1828 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001829 }
1830
1831 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001832 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001833 Var, MemberLoc,
1834 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
1835 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001836 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001837 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
1838 MemberFn->getType()));
1839 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1840 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001841 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001842 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
1843 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001844 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
1845 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001846 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001847 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
1848 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001849
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001850 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
1851 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
1852 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001853 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1854 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
1855 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001856 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001857
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001858 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
1859 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001860 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001861 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1862 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member,
1863 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001864 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1865 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1866 // error cases.
1867 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1868 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001869
1870 // Check whether we can reference this field.
1871 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
1872 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8c56ee02009-03-26 16:01:08 +00001873 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
1874 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001875 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
1876 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1877 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001878 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
1879 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
1880 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
1881 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass down
1882 // the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context need
1883 // be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the AST
1884 // for a function decl.
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001885 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001886 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
1887 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
1888 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
1889 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
1890 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
1891 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00001892 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001893
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001894 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001895 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001896 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001897 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1898 }
1899 // @protected
1900 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
1901 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1902 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001903
1904 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef= new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001905 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Fariborz Jahanianea944842008-12-18 17:29:46 +00001906 OpKind == tok::arrow);
1907 Context.setFieldDecl(IFTy->getDecl(), IV, MRef);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001908 return Owned(MRef);
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00001909 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001910 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
1911 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
1912 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001913 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001914
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001915 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
1916 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
1917 const PointerType *PTy;
1918 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
1919 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
1920 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
1921 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00001922
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001923 // Search for a declared property first.
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001924 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001925 // Check whether we can reference this property.
1926 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
1927 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001928
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001929 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001930 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1931 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001932
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001933 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00001934 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
1935 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001936 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001937 // Check whether we can reference this property.
1938 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
1939 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001940
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001941 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001942 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1943 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001944
1945 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
1946 // selector is implemented.
1947
1948 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
1949 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
1950
1951 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
1952 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001953
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001954 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
1955 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffd6bceef2009-03-11 15:15:01 +00001956 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
1957 ObjCImplementations[IFace->getIdentifier()])
1958 Getter = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001959
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00001960 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1961 if (!Getter) {
1962 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
1963 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
1964 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1965 }
1966 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001967 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001968 // Check if we can reference this property.
1969 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
1970 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00001971 }
1972 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
1973 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1974 Selector SetterSel =
1975 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1976 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
1977 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1978 if (!Setter) {
1979 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1980 // methods.
Steve Naroffd6bceef2009-03-11 15:15:01 +00001981 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
1982 ObjCImplementations[IFace->getIdentifier()])
1983 Setter = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00001984 }
1985 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1986 if (!Setter) {
1987 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
1988 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
1989 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00001990 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001991 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001992
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00001993 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
1994 return ExprError();
1995
1996 if (Getter || Setter) {
1997 QualType PType;
1998
1999 if (Getter)
2000 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2001 else {
2002 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2003 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2004 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2005 }
2006 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2007 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2008 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2009 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002010 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2011 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002012 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002013 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
2014 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
2015 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2016 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002017 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2018 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel)) {
2019 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002020 // Check the use of this declaration
2021 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2022 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002023
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002024 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002025 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2026 }
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002027 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002028 // Check the use of this method.
2029 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2030 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002031
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002032 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002033 OMD->getResultType(),
2034 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2035 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002036 }
2037 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002038
2039 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2040 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002041 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002042 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2043 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2044 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2045 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2046 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002047 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2048 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002049 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002050 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002051 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002052 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002053 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002054 }
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002055 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2056 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2057 Selector SetterSel =
2058 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2059 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
2060 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2061 if (!Setter) {
2062 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2063 // methods.
2064 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
2065 ObjCImplementations[IFace->getIdentifier()])
2066 Setter = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
2067 }
2068 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2069 if (!Setter) {
2070 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2071 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
2072 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(SetterSel);
2073 }
2074 }
2075
2076 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2077 return ExprError();
2078
2079 if (Getter || Setter) {
2080 QualType PType;
2081
2082 if (Getter)
2083 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2084 else {
2085 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2086 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2087 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2088 }
2089 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2090 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2091 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2092 }
2093 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2094 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002095 }
2096 }
2097
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002098 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002099 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002100 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2101 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002102 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002103 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002104 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002105 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002106
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002107 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2108 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2109
2110 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2111 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2112 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2113 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2114 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2115 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2116 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2117 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2118 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2119 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2120 }
2121
2122 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002123}
2124
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002125/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2126/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2127/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2128/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2129/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2130/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002131bool
2132Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002133 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002134 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002135 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2136 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002137 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002138 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2139 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2140 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002141 bool Invalid = false;
2142
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002143 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2144 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2145 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2146 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2147 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2148 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2149 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2150 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002151 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002152 }
2153
2154 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2155 // them.
2156 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2157 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2158 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2159 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2160 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2161 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2162 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2163 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002164 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002165 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002166 }
2167 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2168 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002169
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002170 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2171 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2172 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002173
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002174 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002175 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002176 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002177
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002178 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2179 ProtoArgType,
2180 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2181 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2182 return true;
2183
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002184 // Pass the argument.
2185 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2186 return true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002187 } else
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002188 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002189 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002190 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002191
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002192 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2193 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002194
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002195 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2196 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002197 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2198 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2199 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2200 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2201 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2202
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002203 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2204 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2205 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002206 DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002207 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2208 }
2209 }
2210
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002211 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002212}
2213
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002214/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002215/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2216/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002217Action::OwningExprResult
2218Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2219 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002220 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002221 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
2222 Expr *Fn = static_cast<Expr *>(fn.release());
2223 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002224 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002225 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002226 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002227
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002228 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002229 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002230 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002231 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in Fn.
2232 bool Dependent = false;
2233 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2234 Dependent = true;
2235 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2236 Dependent = true;
2237
2238 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002239 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002240 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2241
2242 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2243 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2244 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2245 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2246
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002247 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002248 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2249 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2250 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002251 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2252 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002253 }
2254
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002255 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002256 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002257 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2258 bool ADL = true;
2259 while (true) {
2260 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2261 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2262 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002263 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002264 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002265 ADL = false;
2266 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2267 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002268 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002269 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2270 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002271 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2272 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2273 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2274 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002275 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002276 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2277 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2278 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002279 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002280 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2281 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2282 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002283 break;
2284 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002285 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002286
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002287 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2288 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002289 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002290 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2291 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002292
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002293 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002294 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002295 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002296 ADL = false;
2297
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002298 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2299 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2300 ADL = false;
2301
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002302 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002303 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2304 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002305 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2306 if (!FDecl)
2307 return ExprError();
2308
2309 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2310 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002311 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002312 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002313 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2314 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2315 false, false,
2316 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2317 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002318 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002319 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002320 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2321 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2322 Fn = NewFn;
2323 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002324 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002325
2326 // Promote the function operand.
2327 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2328
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002329 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2330 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002331 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2332 Args, NumArgs,
2333 Context.BoolTy,
2334 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002335
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002336 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2337 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2338 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2339 // have type pointer to function".
2340 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2341 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002342 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2343 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002344 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2345 } else { // This is a block call.
2346 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2347 getAsFunctionType();
2348 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002349 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002350 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2351 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2352
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002353 // Check for a valid return type
2354 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2355 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2356 FuncT->getResultType(),
2357 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2358 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2359 return ExprError();
2360
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002361 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002362 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002363
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002364 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002365 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002366 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002367 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002368 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002369 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002370
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002371 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002372 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2373 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2374 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002375 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2376 Arg->getType(),
2377 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2378 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2379 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002380 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002381 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002382 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002383
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002384 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2385 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002386 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2387 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002388
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002389 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002390 if (FDecl)
2391 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002392
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002393 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002394}
2395
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002396Action::OwningExprResult
2397Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2398 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002399 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002400 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2401 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002402 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002403 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002404
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002405 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002406 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002407 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2408 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002409 } else if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002410 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2411 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002412 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002413
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002414 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002415 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002416 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002417
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002418 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002419 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002420 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002421 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002422 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002423 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002424 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002425 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002426}
2427
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002428Action::OwningExprResult
2429Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002430 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2431 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2432 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002433
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002434 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002435 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002436
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002437 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002438 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002439 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002440 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002441}
2442
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002443/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002444bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002445 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2446
2447 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2448 // type needs to be scalar.
2449 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2450 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002451 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2452 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002453 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002454 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2455 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2456 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2457 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002458 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002459 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2460 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2461 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2462 // GCC cast to union extension
2463 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2464 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
2465 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
2466 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2467 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2468 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2469 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2470 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2471 break;
2472 }
2473 }
2474 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2475 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2476 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2477 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002478 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002479 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002480 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002481 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002482 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002483 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002484 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2485 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002486 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002487 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2488 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2489 return true;
2490 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2491 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2492 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002493 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Chris Lattner2e9eb042009-03-05 23:09:00 +00002494 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002495 }
2496 return false;
2497}
2498
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002499bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002500 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002501
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002502 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002503 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002504 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002505 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002506 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002507 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002508 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002509 } else
2510 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002511 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002512 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002513
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002514 return false;
2515}
2516
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002517Action::OwningExprResult
2518Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2519 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2520 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2521 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002522
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002523 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002524 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2525
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002526 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002527 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002528 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002529 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002530}
2531
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002532/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2533/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002534/// C99 6.5.15
2535QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2536 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002537 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2538 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2539 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2540 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2541 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2542 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002543
2544 // first, check the condition.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002545 if (!Cond->isTypeDependent()) {
2546 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2547 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2548 << CondTy;
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002549 return QualType();
2550 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002551 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002552
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002553 // Now check the two expressions.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002554 if ((LHS && LHS->isTypeDependent()) || (RHS && RHS->isTypeDependent()))
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002555 return Context.DependentTy;
2556
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002557 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2558 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002559 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2560 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2561 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002562 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002563
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002564 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2565 // type.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002566 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2567 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002568 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002569 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002570 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002571 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002572 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002573 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002574
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002575 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002576 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002577 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2578 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2579 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2580 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2581 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2582 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2583 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2584 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2585 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002586 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002587 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002588 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2589 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002590 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2591 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2592 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2593 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2594 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002595 }
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002596 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2597 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2598 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2599 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2600 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002601 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002602
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002603 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2604 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002605 if (const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2606 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002607 // get the "pointed to" types
2608 QualType lhptee = LHSPT->getPointeeType();
2609 QualType rhptee = RHSPT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002610
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002611 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2612 if (lhptee->isVoidType() &&
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002613 rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002614 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2615 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002616 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002617 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2618 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002619 return destType;
2620 }
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002621 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002622 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002623 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002624 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2625 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002626 return destType;
2627 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002628
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002629 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
Chris Lattner676c86a2009-02-19 04:44:58 +00002630 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002631 return LHSTy;
2632 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002633
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002634 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002635
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002636 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2637 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002638 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002639 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002640 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2641 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2642 // type. This allows
2643 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2644 // where B is a subclass of A.
2645 //
2646 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2647 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2648 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2649 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
2650
Steve Naroff9fc9cb52009-02-12 19:05:07 +00002651 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002652 // It could return the composite type.
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002653 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2654 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2655 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2656 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002657 compositeType = LHSTy;
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002658 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
Douglas Gregor5183f9e2008-11-26 06:43:45 +00002659 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002660 compositeType = RHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002661 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
2662 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002663 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2664 } else {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002665 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002666 << LHSTy << RHSTy
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002667 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002668 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002669 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2670 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002671 return incompatTy;
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002672 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002673 } else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002674 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002675 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
2676 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002677 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
2678 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
2679 // to get a consistent AST.
2680 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002681 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2682 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002683 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002684 }
2685 // The pointer types are compatible.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002686 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
2687 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
2688 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
2689 // type.
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002690 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002691 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002692 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2693 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002694 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002695 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002696 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002697
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002698 // Selection between block pointer types is ok as long as they are the same.
2699 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() && RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() &&
2700 Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy))
2701 return LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002702
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002703 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
2704 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002705 // id with statically typed objects).
2706 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002707 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
2708 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
2709 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002710 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002711 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002712 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
2713 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2714 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002715 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
2716 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
2717 // however this may change the type of method sends.
2718 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
2719 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
2720 // cases. Investigate.
2721 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002722 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2723 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002724 return compositeType;
2725 }
2726 }
2727
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002728 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002729 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2730 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002731 return QualType();
2732}
2733
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002734/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002735/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002736Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
2737 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2738 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
2739 ExprArg RHS) {
2740 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
2741 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002742
2743 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
2744 // was the condition.
2745 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
2746 if (isLHSNull)
2747 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002748
2749 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002750 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
2751 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002752 return ExprError();
2753
2754 Cond.release();
2755 LHS.release();
2756 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002757 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002758 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
2759 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002760}
2761
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002762
2763// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002764// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002765// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
2766// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
2767// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002768Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002769Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2770 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002771
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002772 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002773 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2774 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002775
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002776 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002777 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2778 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002779
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002780 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002781
2782 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
2783 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
2784 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00002785 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002786 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002787 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002788
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002789 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
2790 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002791 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002792 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002793 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002794 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002795
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002796 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002797 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
2798 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002799 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002800
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002801 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002802 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002803 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002804
2805 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002806 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
2807 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002808 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002809 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002810 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00002811 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2812 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2813 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
2814 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
2815 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
2816 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
2817 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
2818 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2819 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2820 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
2821 }
2822 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
2823 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2824 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2825 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
2826 }
2827 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
2828 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
2829 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
2830 // warning can be disabled.
2831 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
2832 return ConvTy;
2833 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
2834 }
2835 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
2836 return IncompatiblePointer;
2837 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002838 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002839}
2840
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002841/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
2842/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
2843/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
2844// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002845Sema::AssignConvertType
2846Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002847 QualType rhsType) {
2848 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002849
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002850 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
2851 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002852 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2853
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002854 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
2855 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2856 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002857
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002858 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002859
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002860 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
2861 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
2862 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002863
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002864 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002865 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002866 return ConvTy;
2867}
2868
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002869/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
2870/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002871/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
2872///
2873/// int a, *pint;
2874/// short *pshort;
2875/// struct foo *pfoo;
2876///
2877/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2878/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
2879/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
2880/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2881///
2882/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002883/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002884///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002885Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002886Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002887 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
2888 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002889 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
2890 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002891
2892 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00002893 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002894
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002895 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
2896 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
2897 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
2898 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
2899 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
2900 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
2901 // type.
2902 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
2903 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00002904 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002905 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002906 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002907
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002908 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
2909 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002910 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00002911 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
2912 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
2913 return IntToPointer;
2914 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
2915 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00002916 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002917 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002918
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002919 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002920 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002921 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
2922 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002923 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002924
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002925 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002926 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002927 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002928 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
2929 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002930 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002931 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002932 }
2933 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002934 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002935
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002936 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002937 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002938
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002939 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002940 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00002941 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002942
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002943 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002944 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002945
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002946 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002947 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002948 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002949
2950 // Treat block pointers as objects.
2951 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2952 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
2953 return Compatible;
2954 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002955 return Incompatible;
2956 }
2957
2958 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
2959 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00002960 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002961
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002962 // Treat block pointers as objects.
2963 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2964 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
2965 return Compatible;
2966
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002967 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
2968 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002969
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002970 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
2971 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002972 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002973 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002974 return Incompatible;
2975 }
2976
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002977 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002978 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002979 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
2980 return Compatible;
2981
2982 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00002983 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002984
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002985 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002986 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002987
2988 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002989 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002990 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002991 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002992 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002993
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002994 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002995 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002996 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002997 }
2998 return Incompatible;
2999}
3000
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003001Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003002Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003003 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3004 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3005 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3006 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3007 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003008 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3009 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003010 return Incompatible;
Douglas Gregorbb461502008-10-24 04:54:22 +00003011 else
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003012 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003013 }
3014
3015 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3016 // structures.
3017 }
3018
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003019 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3020 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003021 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3022 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003023 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003024 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003025 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003026 return Compatible;
3027 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003028
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003029 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003030 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003031 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003032 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003033 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003034 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003035 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3036 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003037
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003038 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3039 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003040
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003041 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3042 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003043 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3044 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3045 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3046 // does not have reference type.
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003047 if (rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003048 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003049 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003050}
3051
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003052Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003053Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3054 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
3055}
3056
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003057QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003058 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003059 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003060 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003061 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003062}
3063
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003064inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003065 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003066 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003067 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003068 QualType lhsType =
3069 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3070 QualType rhsType =
3071 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003072
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003073 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003074 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003075 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003076
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003077 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3078 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003079 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3080 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3081 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003082 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3083 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003084 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003085 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003086 }
3087 }
3088 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003089
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003090 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3091 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003092 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003093 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003094
3095 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003096 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3097 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003098 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003099 return lhsType;
3100 }
3101 }
3102
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003103 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003104 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003105 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003106 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3107
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003108 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003109 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3110 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003111 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003112 return rhsType;
3113 }
3114 }
3115
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003116 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003117 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003118 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003119 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003120 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003121}
3122
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003123inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003124 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003125{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003126 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003127 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003128
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003129 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003130
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003131 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003132 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003133 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003134}
3135
3136inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003137 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003138{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003139 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3140 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3141 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3142 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3143 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003144
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003145 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003146
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003147 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003148 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003149 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003150}
3151
3152inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003153 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003154{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003155 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3156 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3157 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3158 return compType;
3159 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003160
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003161 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003162
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003163 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003164 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3165 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3166 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003167 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003168 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003169
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003170 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3171 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3172 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3173 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3174
3175 if (const PointerType* PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
3176 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3177 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003178 if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3179 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3180 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003181 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003182 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003183 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003184
3185 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3186 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3187 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3188 } else if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
3189 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3190 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3191 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3192 return QualType();
3193 }
3194
3195 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3196 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3197 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3198 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
3199 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PTy->getPointeeType(),
3200 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3201 lex->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3202 lex->getType()))
3203 return QualType();
3204
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003205 if (CompLHSTy) {
3206 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3207 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3208 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3209 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3210 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003211 return PExp->getType();
3212 }
3213 }
3214
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003215 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003216}
3217
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003218// C99 6.5.6
3219QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003220 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3221 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3222 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3223 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3224 return compType;
3225 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003226
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003227 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003228
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003229 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003230
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003231 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003232 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3233 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003234 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003235 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003236
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003237 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3238 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003239 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003240
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003241 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003242
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003243 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3244 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3245 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3246 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3247 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3248 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3249 return QualType();
3250 }
3251
3252 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3253 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3254 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3255 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3256 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003257 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003258 return QualType();
3259 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003260
3261 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3262 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3263 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3264 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3265 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3266 lex->getSourceRange(),
3267 SourceRange(),
3268 lex->getType()))
3269 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003270
3271 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003272 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3273 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3274 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3275 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3276 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3277 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3278 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3279 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3280
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003281 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003282 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003283 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003284
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003285 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3286 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003287 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003288
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003289 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3290 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3291 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3292 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3293 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3294 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3295 return QualType();
3296 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003297
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003298 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3299 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3300 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3301 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003302 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003303 return QualType();
3304 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003305
3306 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3307 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3308 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3309 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3310 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3311 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3312 rex->getSourceRange(),
3313 SourceRange(),
3314 rex->getType()))
3315 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003316
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003317 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003318 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003319 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003320 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003321 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003322 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003323 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003324 return QualType();
3325 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003326
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003327 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3328 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3329 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3330 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3331 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3332 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3333 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003334
3335 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003336 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3337 }
3338 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003339
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003340 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003341}
3342
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003343// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003344QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003345 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003346 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3347 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003348 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003349
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003350 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3351 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003352 QualType LHSTy;
3353 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3354 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3355 else
3356 LHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003357 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003358 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3359
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003360 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003361
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003362 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003363 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003364}
3365
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003366// C99 6.5.8
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003367QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003368 bool isRelational) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003369 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003370 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003371
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003372 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003373 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3374 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3375 else {
3376 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3377 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3378 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003379 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3380 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003381
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003382 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003383 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3384 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3385 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003386 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3387 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003388 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3389 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3390 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3391 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003392 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3393 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003394 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003395
3396 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3397 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3398 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3399 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3400
3401 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3402 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
3403 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
3404 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context))
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003405 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3406 << lex->getSourceRange()
3407 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3408 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3409 "strcmp(")
3410 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3411 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
3412 ") == 0");
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003413 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3414 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
3415 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context))
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003416 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3417 << rex->getSourceRange()
3418 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3419 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3420 "strcmp(")
3421 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3422 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
3423 ") == 0");
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003424 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003425
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003426 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003427 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003428
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003429 if (isRelational) {
3430 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003431 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003432 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003433 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003434 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003435 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003436 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003437 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003438
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003439 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003440 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003441 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003442
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003443 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3444 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003445
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003446 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3447 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3448 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003449 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003450 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003451 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003452 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003453 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003454
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003455 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003456 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3457 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003458 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff17c03822009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003459 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003460 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003461 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003462 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003463 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003464 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003465 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003466 // Handle block pointer types.
3467 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3468 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3469 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003470
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003471 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
3472 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003473 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003474 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003475 }
3476 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003477 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003478 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003479 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
3480 if ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) ||
3481 (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType())) {
3482 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003483 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003484 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003485 }
3486 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003487 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003488 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003489
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003490 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003491 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003492 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3493 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003494 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003495 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003496 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003497 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003498
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003499 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3500 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003501 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003502 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003503 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003504 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003505 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003506 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003507 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00003508 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003509 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
3510 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003511 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003512 } else {
3513 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003514 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00003515 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003516 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003517 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003518 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003519 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00003520 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003521 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003522 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003523 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003524 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003525 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003526 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003527 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003528 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003529 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003530 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003531 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003532 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003533 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003534 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003535 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003536 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003537 // Handle block pointers.
3538 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
3539 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003540 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003541 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003542 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003543 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003544 }
3545 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3546 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003547 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003548 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003549 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003550 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003551 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003552 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003553}
3554
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003555/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003556/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003557/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
3558/// types.
3559QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003560 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003561 bool isRelational) {
3562 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
3563 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003564 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003565 if (vType.isNull())
3566 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003567
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003568 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3569 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003570
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003571 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3572 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3573 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
3574 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
3575 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
3576 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
3577 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003578 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003579 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003580
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003581 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3582 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
3583 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003584 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003585 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003586
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003587 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
3588 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
3589 if (1) {
3590 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
3591 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3592 return QualType();
3593 }
3594
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003595 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
3596 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
3597 // elements for floating point vectors.
3598 if (lType->isIntegerType())
3599 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003600
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003601 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003602 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003603 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003604 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003605 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003606 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3607
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003608 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003609 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003610 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3611}
3612
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003613inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003614 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003615{
3616 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003617 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003618
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003619 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003620
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003621 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003622 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003623 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003624}
3625
3626inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003627 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003628{
3629 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3630 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003631
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00003632 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003633 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003634 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003635}
3636
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003637/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
3638/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
3639/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
3640///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003641static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003642{
3643 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
3644 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
3645 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
3646 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
3647 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003648 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003649 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
3650 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
3651 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
3652 return true;
3653 }
3654 }
3655 return false;
3656}
3657
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003658/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
3659/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
3660static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003661 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context);
3662 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
3663 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003664 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
3665 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003666
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003667 unsigned Diag = 0;
3668 bool NeedType = false;
3669 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
3670 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
3671 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003672 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003673 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3674 NeedType = true;
3675 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003676 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003677 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3678 NeedType = true;
3679 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00003680 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003681 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
3682 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003683 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003684 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3685 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003686 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
3687 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00003688 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003689 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
3690 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003691 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003692 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
3693 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00003694 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003695 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3696 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00003697 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
3698 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
3699 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00003700 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
3701 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
3702 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003703 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003704
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003705 if (NeedType)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003706 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003707 else
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003708 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003709 return true;
3710}
3711
3712
3713
3714// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003715QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3716 SourceLocation Loc,
3717 QualType CompoundType) {
3718 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
3719 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003720 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003721
3722 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
3723 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003724
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003725 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003726 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003727 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003728 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003729 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
3730 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
3731 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
3732 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
3733 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
3734 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
3735 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003736
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003737 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
3738 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
3739 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003740 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003741 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
3742 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
3743 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
3744 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
3745 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003746 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003747 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003748 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
3749 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
3750 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00003751 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
3752 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003753 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
3754 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
3755 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003756 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003757 }
3758 } else {
3759 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003760 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003761 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003762
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003763 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
3764 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003765 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003766
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003767 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
3768 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003769 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003770 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
3771 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003772 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
3773 // oprdu.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003774 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003775}
3776
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003777// C99 6.5.17
3778QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00003779 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003780 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003781
3782 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
3783 // incomplete in C++).
3784
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003785 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003786}
3787
3788/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
3789/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003790QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3791 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003792 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
3793 return Context.DependentTy;
3794
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003795 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
3796 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003797
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003798 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
3799 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
3800 if (!isInc) {
3801 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3802 return QualType();
3803 }
3804 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
3805 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3806 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003807 // OK!
3808 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
3809 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00003810 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003811 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3812 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3813 << Op->getSourceRange();
3814 return QualType();
3815 }
3816
3817 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003818 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003819 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003820 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3821 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3822 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
3823 return QualType();
3824 }
3825
3826 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003827 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00003828 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
3829 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3830 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3831 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003832 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003833 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
3834 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
3835 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003836 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003837 } else {
3838 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003839 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003840 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003841 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003842 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00003843 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003844 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003845 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003846 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003847}
3848
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003849/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003850/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003851/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
3852/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
3853/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
3854/// - &(x) => x
3855/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
3856/// - &s.xx => s
3857/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
3858/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
3859/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
3860/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003861static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003862 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003863 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00003864 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003865 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003866 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003867 // Fields cannot be declared with a 'register' storage class.
3868 // &X->f is always ok, even if X is declared register.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003869 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003870 return 0;
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003871 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003872 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003873 // &X[4] and &4[X] refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003874
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003875 NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase());
Daniel Dunbar612720d2008-10-21 21:22:32 +00003876 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D);
Anders Carlsson655694e2008-02-01 16:01:31 +00003877 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003878 return 0;
3879 else
3880 return VD;
3881 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003882 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3883 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003884
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003885 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
3886 case UnaryOperator::Deref: {
3887 // *(X + 1) refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003888 if (NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr())) {
3889 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3890 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
3891 return 0;
3892 return VD;
3893 }
3894 return 0;
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003895 }
3896 case UnaryOperator::Real:
3897 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
3898 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
3899 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
3900 default:
3901 return 0;
3902 }
3903 }
3904 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
3905 BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
3906
3907 // Handle cases involving pointer arithmetic. The result of an
3908 // Assign or AddAssign is not an lvalue so they can be ignored.
3909
3910 // (x + n) or (n + x) => x
3911 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::Add) {
3912 if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3913 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getLHS());
3914 } else if (BO->getRHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3915 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getRHS());
3916 }
3917 }
3918
3919 return 0;
3920 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003921 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003922 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003923 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
3924 // &X[4] when X is an array, has an implicit cast from array to pointer.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003925 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003926 default:
3927 return 0;
3928 }
3929}
3930
3931/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003932/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003933/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003934/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003935/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003936/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003937/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003938QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00003939 if (op->isTypeDependent())
3940 return Context.DependentTy;
3941
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00003942 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
3943 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
3944 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
3945 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
3946 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
3947 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
3948 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
3949 }
3950 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
3951 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
3952 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003953 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00003954 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00003955
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003956 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003957 if (!dcl || !isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {// allow function designators
3958 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003959 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
3960 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003961 return QualType();
3962 }
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003963 } else if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op)) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00003964 if (FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl())) {
3965 if (Field->isBitField()) {
3966 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
3967 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
3968 return QualType();
3969 }
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003970 }
3971 // Check for Apple extension for accessing vector components.
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00003972 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
3973 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003974 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00003975 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003976 return QualType();
3977 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003978 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003979 // with the register storage-class specifier.
3980 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
3981 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003982 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
3983 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003984 return QualType();
3985 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003986 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003987 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003988 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
3989 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00003990 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
3991 // scope qualifier for the class.
3992 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
3993 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
3994 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
3995 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
3996 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
3997 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00003998 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
3999 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004000 // As above.
4001 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4002 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4003 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4004 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4005 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4006 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004007 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004008 else
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004009 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004010 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004011
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004012 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4013 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4014}
4015
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004016QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004017 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4018 return Context.DependentTy;
4019
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004020 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4021 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004022
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004023 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4024 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4025 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4026 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4027 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004028 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004029
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004030 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004031 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004032 return QualType();
4033}
4034
4035static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4036 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4037 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4038 switch (Kind) {
4039 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004040 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4041 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004042 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4043 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4044 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4045 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4046 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4047 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4048 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4049 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4050 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4051 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4052 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4053 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4054 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4055 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4056 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4057 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4058 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4059 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4060 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4061 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4062 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4063 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4064 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4065 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4066 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4067 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4068 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4069 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4070 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4071 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4072 }
4073 return Opc;
4074}
4075
4076static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4077 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4078 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4079 switch (Kind) {
4080 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4081 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4082 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4083 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4084 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4085 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4086 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4087 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4088 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004089 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4090 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4091 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4092 }
4093 return Opc;
4094}
4095
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004096/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4097/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4098/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004099Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4100 unsigned Op,
4101 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004102 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004103 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004104 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4105 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4106 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004107
4108 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004109 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4110 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4111 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004112 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4113 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4114 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4115 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4116 break;
4117 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004118 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4119 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4120 break;
4121 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4122 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4123 break;
4124 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4125 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4126 break;
4127 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4128 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4129 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004130 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004131 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4132 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4133 break;
4134 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4135 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4136 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4137 case BinaryOperator::GT:
4138 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4139 break;
4140 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4141 case BinaryOperator::NE:
4142 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false);
4143 break;
4144 case BinaryOperator::And:
4145 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4146 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4147 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4148 break;
4149 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4150 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4151 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4152 break;
4153 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4154 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004155 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4156 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4157 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4158 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004159 break;
4160 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004161 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4162 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4163 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4164 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004165 break;
4166 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004167 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4168 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4169 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004170 break;
4171 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004172 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4173 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4174 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004175 break;
4176 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4177 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004178 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4179 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4180 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4181 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004182 break;
4183 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4184 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4185 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004186 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4187 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4188 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4189 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004190 break;
4191 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4192 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4193 break;
4194 }
4195 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004196 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004197 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004198 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4199 else
4200 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004201 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4202 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004203}
4204
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004205// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004206Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4207 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4208 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004209 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004210 Expr *lhs = (Expr *)LHS.release(), *rhs = (Expr*)RHS.release();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004211
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004212 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4213 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004214
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004215 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4216 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4217 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4218 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4219 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4220 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4221 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004222 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004223 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4224 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4225 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4226 Functions);
4227 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4228 DeclarationName OpName
4229 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4230 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004231 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004232
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004233 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4234 // binary operation.
4235 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004236 }
4237
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004238 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4239 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004240}
4241
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004242Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4243 unsigned OpcIn,
4244 ExprArg InputArg) {
4245 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004246
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004247 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated
4248 // appropriately.
4249 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004250 QualType resultType;
4251 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004252 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4253 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4254 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4255 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4256 break;
4257
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004258 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4259 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004260 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4261 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004262 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004263 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004264 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4265 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004266 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004267 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004268 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4269 break;
4270 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4271 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
4272 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4273 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004274 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4275 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004276 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4277 break;
4278 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4279 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4280 break;
4281 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4282 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4283 resultType->isPointerType())
4284 break;
4285
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004286 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4287 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004288 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
4289 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4290 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004291 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4292 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004293 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4294 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4295 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004296 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004297 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004298 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004299 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4300 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004301 break;
4302 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4303 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
4304 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4305 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004306 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4307 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004308 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004309 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4310 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004311 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004312 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4313 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004314 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004315 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004316 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004317 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004318 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004319 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004320 resultType = Input->getType();
4321 break;
4322 }
4323 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004324 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004325
4326 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004327 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004328}
4329
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004330// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4331Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4332 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4333 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4334 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4335
4336 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4337 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4338 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4339 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4340 // the arguments.
4341 FunctionSet Functions;
4342 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4343 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4344 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4345 Functions);
4346 DeclarationName OpName
4347 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4348 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4349 }
4350
4351 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4352 }
4353
4354 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4355}
4356
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004357/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004358Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4359 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4360 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004361 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Steve Naroffff9ecaf2009-03-13 16:03:38 +00004362 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = CurBlock ? CurBlock->LabelMap[LabelII] :
4363 LabelMap[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004364
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004365 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4366 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004367 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004368 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004369
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004370 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004371 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4372 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004373}
4374
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004375Sema::OwningExprResult
4376Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4377 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4378 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004379 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4380 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4381
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004382 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
4383 if (isFileScope) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004384 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004385 }
4386
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004387 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4388 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4389 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004390
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004391 // FIXME: the last statement in the compount stmt has its value used. We
4392 // should not warn about it being unused.
4393
4394 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4395 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4396 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004397
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004398 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4399 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4400 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4401 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4402 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004403
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004404 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004405 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004406 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004407
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004408 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4409 // expressions are not lvalues.
4410
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004411 substmt.release();
4412 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004413}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004414
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004415Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4416 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4417 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4418 TypeTy *argty,
4419 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4420 unsigned NumComponents,
4421 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4422 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4423 // error.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004424 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4425 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004426
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004427 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4428
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004429 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4430 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4431 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004432 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004433 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004434
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004435 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4436 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004437
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004438 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4439 // the offsetof designators.
4440 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4441 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004442 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004443 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004444
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004445 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4446 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004447 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4448 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004449 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004450 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4451 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004452
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004453 if (!Dependent) {
4454 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4455 // leaks like a sieve.
4456 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4457 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4458 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4459 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4460 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4461 if (!AT) {
4462 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004463 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4464 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004465 }
4466
4467 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4468
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004469 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4470 // expression.
4471 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4472
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004473 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4474 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004475 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004476 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004477 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
4478 diag::err_typecheck_subscript)
4479 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004480
4481 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4482 OC.LocEnd);
4483 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004484 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004485
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004486 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4487 if (!RC) {
4488 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004489 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
4490 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004491 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004492
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004493 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4494 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
4495 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
4496 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4497 LookupMemberName)
4498 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004499 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004500 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004501 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4502 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004503
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004504 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4505 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
4506 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it doesn't
4507 // matter here.
4508 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004509 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004510 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004511 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004512
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004513 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
4514 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004515}
4516
4517
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004518Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4519 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
4520 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004521 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
4522 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004523
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004524 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004525
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004526 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
4527 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004528}
4529
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004530Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4531 ExprArg cond,
4532 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
4533 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4534 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
4535 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
4536 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004537
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004538 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4539
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004540 QualType resType;
4541 if (CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
4542 resType = Context.DependentTy;
4543 } else {
4544 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
4545 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
4546 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4547 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004548 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
4549 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
4550 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004551
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004552 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
4553 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
4554 }
4555
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004556 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
4557 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
4558 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004559}
4560
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004561//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4562// Clang Extensions.
4563//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4564
4565/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004566void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004567 // Analyze block parameters.
4568 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004569
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004570 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
4571 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
4572 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004573
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004574 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
4575 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00004576 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004577
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004578 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004579 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004580}
4581
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004582void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
4583 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == 0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
4584
4585 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
4586 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
4587 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4588
4589 // The type is entirely optional as well, if none, use DependentTy.
4590 if (T.isNull())
4591 T = Context.DependentTy;
4592
4593 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
4594 if (!T->isFunctionType())
4595 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
4596
4597 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
4598 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
4599 Type *RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType()
4600 .getTypePtr();
4601
4602 if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4603 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
4604 return;
4605 }
4606
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004607 // Analyze arguments to block.
4608 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
4609 "Not a function declarator!");
4610 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004611
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004612 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
4613 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004614
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004615 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
4616 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
4617 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
4618 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004619 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
4620 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004621 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004622 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004623 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
4624 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004625 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004626 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004627 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator (ParamInfo, CurScope);
4628
4629 Type* RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType()
4630 .getTypePtr();
4631
4632 if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4633 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004634 }
Steve Naroff494cb0f2009-03-13 16:56:44 +00004635 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, &CurBlock->Params[0],
4636 CurBlock->Params.size());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004637
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004638 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
4639 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
4640 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
4641 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
4642 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004643}
4644
4645/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4646/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4647void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
4648 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4649 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004650
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004651 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4652 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004653
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004654 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Douglas Gregorc1408ea2009-03-11 23:54:15 +00004655
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004656}
4657
4658/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4659/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004660Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
4661 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00004662 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
4663 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
4664 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
4665
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004666 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4667 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004668
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004669 PopDeclContext();
4670
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004671 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4672 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004673
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004674 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
4675 if (BSI->ReturnType)
4676 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004677
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004678 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
4679 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
4680 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004681
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004682 QualType BlockTy;
4683 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004684 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(RetTy);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004685 else
4686 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004687 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004688
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004689 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
4690
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004691 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004692
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004693 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.release()));
4694 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
4695 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004696}
4697
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004698Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4699 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
4700 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004701 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
4702
4703 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004704
4705 // Get the va_list type
4706 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4707 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
4708 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
4709 // a pointer for va_arg.
4710 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
4711 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman8754e5b2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00004712 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004713 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
Eli Friedman8754e5b2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00004714 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004715
4716 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004717 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
4718 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
4719 << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004720
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004721 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004722 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004723
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004724 expr.release();
4725 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
4726 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004727}
4728
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004729Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004730 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
4731 // pointers on the target.
4732 QualType Ty;
4733 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
4734 Ty = Context.IntTy;
4735 else
4736 Ty = Context.LongTy;
4737
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004738 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004739}
4740
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004741bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
4742 SourceLocation Loc,
4743 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
4744 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
4745 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
4746 bool isInvalid = false;
4747 unsigned DiagKind;
4748 switch (ConvTy) {
4749 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
4750 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004751 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004752 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
4753 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004754 case IntToPointer:
4755 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
4756 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004757 case IncompatiblePointer:
4758 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
4759 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004760 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
4761 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
4762 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004763 case FunctionVoidPointer:
4764 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
4765 break;
4766 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00004767 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
4768 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
4769 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
4770 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
4771 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
4772 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
4773 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
4774 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
4775 // C++ semantics.
4776 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4777 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
4778 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004779 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
4780 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004781 case IntToBlockPointer:
4782 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
4783 break;
4784 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Steve Naroff82324d62008-09-24 23:31:10 +00004785 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004786 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004787 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004788 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004789 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
4790 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
4791 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004792 case IncompatibleVectors:
4793 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
4794 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004795 case Incompatible:
4796 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
4797 isInvalid = true;
4798 break;
4799 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004800
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004801 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
4802 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004803 return isInvalid;
4804}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004805
4806bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr* E, llvm::APSInt *Result)
4807{
4808 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
4809
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004810 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004811 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
4812 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
4813
4814 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
4815 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
4816 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
4817 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
4818 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
4819 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4820 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004821
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004822 return true;
4823 }
4824
4825 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004826 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004827 E->getSourceRange();
4828
4829 // Print the reason it's not a constant.
4830 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
4831 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4832 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004833
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004834 if (Result)
4835 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
4836 return false;
4837}